Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012
-
Upload
nicolas-caviglione -
Category
Documents
-
view
274 -
download
5
Transcript of Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
1
LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN
INGLES CUADERNILLO Este cuadernillo es una compilacioacuten de algunos temas para guiacutea ndash ayuda en el aprendizaje de la lecto comprensioacuten en ingleacutes Se lo actualiza continuamente y se iraacuten agregando otros temas de intereacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
2
INDICE
Ndeg Contenidos Paacutegina ndeg
1 Estrategias de lectura Anticipacioacuten ndash Prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) ndashAdivinanza inteligente - Intelligent guessing Skimming ndash Scanning
2 Metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten vs La traduccioacuten Definiciones Estrategias de traduccioacuten El calco el preacutestamo y otras
3 Conexiones loacutegicas de oraciones- Conectores (linkers)
4 Cohesioacuten y coherencia (Cohesion and coherence) Referencias personal demostrativa y comparativa Pronombres subjetivos objetivos posesivos adjetivos posesivos
5 Formacioacuten de palabras (Word formation) Afijacioacuten (affixation) prefijos (prefixes) y sufijos (suffixes)
6 Glosario (Glossary) Definicioacuten Finalidad Ejemplos Uso del diccionario
7 Teacutecnicas para una mejor interpretacioacuten Pre modificadores
8 El orden en la oracioacuten inglesa
9 Comparaciones Grados comparativo superlativos y de igualdad y desigualdad
10 Verbos Principales tiempos verbales Presente Simple Continuo Perfecto - Pasado Simple (verbos regulares e irregulares) Pasado Perfecto Pasado Continuo
11 Los verbos modales Can-could-may-might- must-will-would-shall-should
12 Voz activa y Pasiva 13 Uso del Gerundio 14 Preposiciones (de lugar de tiempo de movimiento otras expresiones en
las que se usan preposiciones)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
3
1 ESTRATEGIAS DE LECTURA Antes de leer ANTICIPACION-PREDICCION a) Observe el texto b) A partir del tiacutetulo foto dibujo o graacutefico el epiacutegrafe y del paratexto en general prediga cuaacutel seraacute el toacutepico PRIMERA LECTURA Cuatro claves para la comprensioacuten general de un texto Cuando leemos un texto de manera global podemos hacer uso de las cuatro claves - Primera clave Palabras que se repiten - Segunda clave Palabras que se parecen en ambos idiomas (palabras trasparentes) - Tercera clave Indicacioacuten tipograacutefica
El tiacutetulo cifras en el texto 1995 $10000 etc Y a queacute se refieren letras mayuacutesculas nombres propios uso de tipo especial negrita o cursiva divisioacuten en paacuterrafos
- Cuarta clave Selectividad Al leer un texto es muy importante saber lo que significa el tiacutetulo con exactitud ya que este nos va a dar el anclaje del mismo El orden de las palabras suele dificultar la comprensioacuten del tiacutetulo Si hacemos una traduccioacuten literal del tiacutetulo de este texto leeriacuteamos lo siguiente
Personal Piano Lessons at the PC
Personal piano lecciones en la personal computadora
Sin embargo en castellano se expresariacutea de la siguiente manera
Lecciones de piano individuales en la computadora personal (PC)
Dicho ejemplo refleja la idea que sustenta nuestro enfoque que para lograr una buena comprensioacuten de un texto es necesario lograr una buena interpretacioacuten y NO una traduccioacuten literal PREDICCION A) Realice una prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) acerca del contenido del texto utilizando las claves anteriores y las teacutecnicas de skimming (lectura raacutepida) e intelligent guessing (adivinanza inteligente)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
4
ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)
1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm
contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte
ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
5
2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN
La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros
La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten
El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc
El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
6
relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido
Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico
Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten
Definiciones de traduccioacuten
Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten
Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1
A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en
[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2
El proceso traductoloacutegico
En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal
En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)
En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
2
INDICE
Ndeg Contenidos Paacutegina ndeg
1 Estrategias de lectura Anticipacioacuten ndash Prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) ndashAdivinanza inteligente - Intelligent guessing Skimming ndash Scanning
2 Metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten vs La traduccioacuten Definiciones Estrategias de traduccioacuten El calco el preacutestamo y otras
3 Conexiones loacutegicas de oraciones- Conectores (linkers)
4 Cohesioacuten y coherencia (Cohesion and coherence) Referencias personal demostrativa y comparativa Pronombres subjetivos objetivos posesivos adjetivos posesivos
5 Formacioacuten de palabras (Word formation) Afijacioacuten (affixation) prefijos (prefixes) y sufijos (suffixes)
6 Glosario (Glossary) Definicioacuten Finalidad Ejemplos Uso del diccionario
7 Teacutecnicas para una mejor interpretacioacuten Pre modificadores
8 El orden en la oracioacuten inglesa
9 Comparaciones Grados comparativo superlativos y de igualdad y desigualdad
10 Verbos Principales tiempos verbales Presente Simple Continuo Perfecto - Pasado Simple (verbos regulares e irregulares) Pasado Perfecto Pasado Continuo
11 Los verbos modales Can-could-may-might- must-will-would-shall-should
12 Voz activa y Pasiva 13 Uso del Gerundio 14 Preposiciones (de lugar de tiempo de movimiento otras expresiones en
las que se usan preposiciones)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
3
1 ESTRATEGIAS DE LECTURA Antes de leer ANTICIPACION-PREDICCION a) Observe el texto b) A partir del tiacutetulo foto dibujo o graacutefico el epiacutegrafe y del paratexto en general prediga cuaacutel seraacute el toacutepico PRIMERA LECTURA Cuatro claves para la comprensioacuten general de un texto Cuando leemos un texto de manera global podemos hacer uso de las cuatro claves - Primera clave Palabras que se repiten - Segunda clave Palabras que se parecen en ambos idiomas (palabras trasparentes) - Tercera clave Indicacioacuten tipograacutefica
El tiacutetulo cifras en el texto 1995 $10000 etc Y a queacute se refieren letras mayuacutesculas nombres propios uso de tipo especial negrita o cursiva divisioacuten en paacuterrafos
- Cuarta clave Selectividad Al leer un texto es muy importante saber lo que significa el tiacutetulo con exactitud ya que este nos va a dar el anclaje del mismo El orden de las palabras suele dificultar la comprensioacuten del tiacutetulo Si hacemos una traduccioacuten literal del tiacutetulo de este texto leeriacuteamos lo siguiente
Personal Piano Lessons at the PC
Personal piano lecciones en la personal computadora
Sin embargo en castellano se expresariacutea de la siguiente manera
Lecciones de piano individuales en la computadora personal (PC)
Dicho ejemplo refleja la idea que sustenta nuestro enfoque que para lograr una buena comprensioacuten de un texto es necesario lograr una buena interpretacioacuten y NO una traduccioacuten literal PREDICCION A) Realice una prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) acerca del contenido del texto utilizando las claves anteriores y las teacutecnicas de skimming (lectura raacutepida) e intelligent guessing (adivinanza inteligente)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
4
ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)
1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm
contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte
ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
5
2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN
La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros
La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten
El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc
El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
6
relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido
Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico
Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten
Definiciones de traduccioacuten
Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten
Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1
A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en
[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2
El proceso traductoloacutegico
En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal
En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)
En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
3
1 ESTRATEGIAS DE LECTURA Antes de leer ANTICIPACION-PREDICCION a) Observe el texto b) A partir del tiacutetulo foto dibujo o graacutefico el epiacutegrafe y del paratexto en general prediga cuaacutel seraacute el toacutepico PRIMERA LECTURA Cuatro claves para la comprensioacuten general de un texto Cuando leemos un texto de manera global podemos hacer uso de las cuatro claves - Primera clave Palabras que se repiten - Segunda clave Palabras que se parecen en ambos idiomas (palabras trasparentes) - Tercera clave Indicacioacuten tipograacutefica
El tiacutetulo cifras en el texto 1995 $10000 etc Y a queacute se refieren letras mayuacutesculas nombres propios uso de tipo especial negrita o cursiva divisioacuten en paacuterrafos
- Cuarta clave Selectividad Al leer un texto es muy importante saber lo que significa el tiacutetulo con exactitud ya que este nos va a dar el anclaje del mismo El orden de las palabras suele dificultar la comprensioacuten del tiacutetulo Si hacemos una traduccioacuten literal del tiacutetulo de este texto leeriacuteamos lo siguiente
Personal Piano Lessons at the PC
Personal piano lecciones en la personal computadora
Sin embargo en castellano se expresariacutea de la siguiente manera
Lecciones de piano individuales en la computadora personal (PC)
Dicho ejemplo refleja la idea que sustenta nuestro enfoque que para lograr una buena comprensioacuten de un texto es necesario lograr una buena interpretacioacuten y NO una traduccioacuten literal PREDICCION A) Realice una prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) acerca del contenido del texto utilizando las claves anteriores y las teacutecnicas de skimming (lectura raacutepida) e intelligent guessing (adivinanza inteligente)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
4
ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)
1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm
contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte
ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
5
2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN
La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros
La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten
El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc
El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
6
relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido
Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico
Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten
Definiciones de traduccioacuten
Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten
Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1
A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en
[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2
El proceso traductoloacutegico
En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal
En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)
En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
4
ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)
1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm
contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte
ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
5
2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN
La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros
La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten
El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc
El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
6
relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido
Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico
Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten
Definiciones de traduccioacuten
Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten
Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1
A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en
[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2
El proceso traductoloacutegico
En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal
En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)
En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
5
2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN
La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros
La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten
El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc
El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
6
relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido
Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico
Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten
Definiciones de traduccioacuten
Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten
Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1
A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en
[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2
El proceso traductoloacutegico
En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal
En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)
En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
6
relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido
Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico
Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten
Definiciones de traduccioacuten
Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten
Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1
A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en
[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2
El proceso traductoloacutegico
En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal
En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)
En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
7
sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)
En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten
Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida
Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes
El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna
Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten
Estrategias de traduccioacuten
No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado
Adaptacioacuten
Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad
Preacutestamo
El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
8
oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc
Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich
Calco
El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes
Modulacioacuten
Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista
Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar
En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor
Transposicioacuten
Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra
Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso
La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)
Equivalencia
Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado
Traduccioacuten literal
Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo
Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
9
Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten
Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico
ISO 23841977
Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes
Referencias
1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29
Errores en la traduccioacuten
Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas
1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado
contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
10
3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA
Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes
Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos
Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo
Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
11
4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)
Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores
1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)
Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
12
Connectors
Summary
Reason - Causa
because (conj)
Porque
Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes
It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)
Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que
Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes
for this reason Por esta razoacuten
Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes
Purpose Propoacutesito
so that Paraa fin de quede modo de
The baby reached up so that he could get some candy
in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out
Result - Resultado
so (conj) para de modo queresultado
The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status
Therefore (adv)
The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs
as a result Como resultado
Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team
Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente
The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train
Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente
The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team
Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente
The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal
as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia
The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how
hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto
The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics
so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
13
tan que
Addition - Adicioacuten
and y
The skater was strong and graceful
and also y tambieacutenademaacutes
The skater was strong and also graceful
Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes
The skater was strong Also he was graceful
as well as y
The skater was strong as well as graceful
besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser
Besides being strong the skater was graceful
in addition Ademaacutes
The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative
Moreover Ademaacutes
The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly
Furthermore
ademaacutes
The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly
Emphasis - Enfasis
Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)
The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing
in fact De hecho
The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour
Contrast - Contraste
But Pero
The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg
However Sin embargo
The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg
Nonetheless Sin embargo
Nevertheless Sin embargo
Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado
Although Aunque
Although he fell he got back up
Though Aunque
Though he fell he got back up
even though aunque
Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics
In spite of (noun noun
phrase) A pesar de
In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train
despite (n)
a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
14
Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado
on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado
The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media
on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario
Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support
Condition - Condicioacuten
if si
If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete
only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete
if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)
Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete
in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified
in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby
whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)
An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no
regardless of a pesar de
An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
15
5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)
AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1
Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras
Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL
SUFIJOS
1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
16
PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
17
6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS
Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas
A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos
Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea
Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile
Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios
Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles
Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe
furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato
muebles de oficina nmpl
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
18
Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc
stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010
stained glass vidrio de color nm
Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf
stained glass window n vitral nm
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
19
Ejercicio uso del diccionario
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
20
PRE-MODIFICADORES
7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
21
8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
22
9 COMPARACIONES
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
23
10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas
Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle
work working worked worked
play playing played played
listen listening listened listened
En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played
listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares
Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo
1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten
Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching
They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard
Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work
Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard
He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing
English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned
2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten
They will come gtgt Will they come
He might come gtgt Might he come
They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now
She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening
The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon
They might have been invited to the
party gtgt
Might they have been invited to the
party
3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas
agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple
They live here gtgt Do they live here
John lives here gtgt Does John live here
Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh
Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)
The present tenses in English are used
to talk about the present
to talk about the future
to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are
summarising a book film play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
24
Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes
Present simple I work
Present continuous I am working
Present perfect I have worked
Present perfect continuous I have been working
We use these forms
to talk about the present
He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now
He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now
London is the capital of Britain
to talk about the future
The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours
Irsquoll phone you when I get home
Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon
Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work
You will be tired out after you have been working all night
We can use the present tenses to talk about the past
The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London
But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London
Use
We use the present tense to talk about
something that is true in the present
Irsquom nineteen years old
He lives in London
Irsquom a student
something that happens again and again in the present
I play football every weekend
We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the
present tense
I sometimes go to the cinema
She never plays football
something that is always true
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
25
The human body contains 206 bones
Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second
something that is fixed in the future
The school terms starts next week
The train leaves at 1945 this evening
We fly to Paris next week
Questions and negatives
Look at these questions
Do you play the piano
Where do you live
Does Jack play football
Where does he come from
Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester
Where do they work
With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third
person (sheheit) and we use do for the others
We use do and does with question words like where what and why
But look at these questions with who
Who lives in London
Who plays football at the weekend
Who works at Liverpool City Hospital
Look at these sentences
I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)
I donrsquot live in London now
I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar
They donrsquot work at the weekend
John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)
Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus
With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)
for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others
El presente continuo
The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present
participle (-ing form) of a verb
Use
1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
26
for something that is happening at the moment of speaking
Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour
Please be quiet The children are sleeping
for something which is happening before and after a given time
At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast
When I get home the children are doing their homework
for something which we think is temporary
Michael is at university Hersquos studying history
Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks
for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state
These days most people are using email instead of writing letters
What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they
listening to
to show that something is changing growing or developing
The children are growing quickly
The climate is changing rapidly
Your English is improving
for something which happens again and again
Itrsquos always raining in London
They are always arguing
George is great Hersquos always laughing
Note We normally use always with this use
2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future
for something which has been arranged or planned
Mary is going to a new school next term
What are you doing next week
3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past
When we are telling a story
When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
27
El presente perfecto
The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of
a verb
The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb
Use
We use the present perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continues in the present
Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years
She has lived in Liverpool all her life
Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this
She has been living in Liverpool all her life
Itrsquos been raining for hours
for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do
Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager
He has written three books and he is working on another one
Irsquove been watching that programme every week
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week
I have worked here since I left school
Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started
when we are talking about our experience up to the present
Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present
My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had
Note and we use never for the negative form
Have you ever met George
Yes but Irsquove never met his wife
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking
I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys
Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping
Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day
We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
28
A Where have you been
B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket
A Have you ever been to San Francisco
B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles
But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone
A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks
B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow
We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past
just only just recently
Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey
We have just got back from our holidays
or adverbials which include the present
ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)
Have you ever seen a ghost
Where have you been up to now
Have you finished your homework yet
No so far Irsquove only done my history
WARNING
We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished
I have seen that film yesterday
We have just bought a new car last week
When we were children we have been to California
But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished
Have you seen Helen today
We have bought a new car this week
The past tense in English is used
to talk about the past
to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true
for politeness
Tiempo Pasado
Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
29
Past simple I worked
Past continuous I was working
Past perfect I had worked
Past perfect continuous I had been working
We use these forms
to talk about the past
He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July
He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July
to refer to the present or future in conditions
He could get a new job if he really tried
If Jack was playing they would probably win
and hypotheses
It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost
I would always help someone who really needed help
and wishes
I wish it wasnrsquot so cold
In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use
the past perfect
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions
Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York
I just hoped you would be able to help me
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
30
PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
31
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
32
El pasado continuo
The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb
We use the past continuous to talk about the past
for something which continued before and after another action
The children were doing their homework when I got home
Compare
I got home The children did their homework
and
The children did their homework when I got home
As I was watching television the telephone rang
This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story
The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip
Last week as I was driving to work hellip
for something that happened before and after a particular time
It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter
Compare
At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters
In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos
to show that something continued for some time
My head was aching
Everyone was shouting
for something that was happening again and again
I was practising every day three times a day
They were meeting secretly after school
They were always quarrelling
with verbs which show change or growth
The children were growing up quickly
Her English was improving
My hair was going grey
The town was changing quickly
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
33
El pasado perfecto
We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect
I had finished the work
She had gone
The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb
I had been finishing the work
She had been going
The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past
not the present
We use the past perfect tense
for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past
When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years
She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life
We normally use the past perfect continuous for this
She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life
Everything was wet It had been raining for hours
for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do
after that point
He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager
He had written three books and he was working on another one
I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode
We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past
They had been staying with us since the previous week
I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school
I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last
episode
when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present
My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had
I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife
several times
for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting
I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys
Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
34
We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes
I would have helped him if he had asked
It was very dangerous What if you had got lost
I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month
11 VERBOS MODALES
Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms
active
passive
The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter
Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned
The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle
be past participle
English is spoken all over the world
The windows have been cleaned
Lunch was being served
The work will be finished soon
They might have been invited to the party
12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
35
We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive
Be careful with the glass It might get broken
Peter got hurt in a crash
If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by
She was attacked by a dangerous dog
The money was stolen by her husband
We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb
active
passive
I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his
birthday
Someone sent her a cheque for a
thousand euros gtgt
She was sent a cheque for a
thousand euros
We can use phrasal verbs in the passive
active
passive
They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off
His grandmother looked after
him gtgt
He was looked after by his
grandmother
They will send him away to
school gtgt He will be sent away to school
Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive
be supposed to be expected to be asked to
be scheduled to be allowed to be told to
John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting
You are supposed to wear a uniform
The meeting is scheduled to start at seven
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
36
13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)
2 premodificador (adjetivo)
bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)
3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado
bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)
4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo
bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)
5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo
bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)
6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)
bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)
7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo
bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
37
14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)
in inside
dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box
out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box
on
sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table
under
debajo 4 There is a cat under the table
above directamente encima sin
tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line
around
alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer
below
por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line
within
dentro de 8 Write within the circle
near by
cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house
with
con 10Tom is with Peter
next to
al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail
between
entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms
opposite
de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse
behind
detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall
in front of
en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute
UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II
38
on the left on the right
a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right
Prepositions of movement
Preposiciones de movimiento
To A en direccioacuten hacia
Up Hacia arriba
Down Hacia abajo
Towards Hacia
Backwards Hacia atraacutes
from De desde
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock
Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)
Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)
On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning
On 25th April
On New Yearrsquos Day
In Years (antildeos) In 1996
Months (meses) In April
Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring
Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening
PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)
IN In a room
In a shop In a box
In a garden
in a park in a town
In Spain In Rome
In the city centre
In the water
In the sea In my coffee
AT At the door
At the traffic lights
At the bus stop At the top (of the page)
At the bottom
OTHER EXPRESSIONS
At home at work at school at university
At the station at the airport
At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes
At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house
At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match
By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute